<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Gandrews</id>
	<title>Adjutant Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Gandrews"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Gandrews"/>
	<updated>2026-04-28T06:05:06Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.31.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Notes&amp;diff=2254</id>
		<title>Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Notes&amp;diff=2254"/>
		<updated>2020-10-08T14:33:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: Gandrews moved page Notes Overview to Notes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Notes application is a system-wide feature in Adjutant that is integrated with many of the key application modules. The Notes application enables users to store and track all types of notes from multiple sources and keep them tied to a specific record. This allows for frictionless research on the history of a specific customer, vendor, project, or even a single invoice. Many note types are automatically cross-linked to several records, such as customers and project records, making it even easier to find all of the relevant history, no matter where you start from. This functionality also means that when you are looking at a specific Organization, you can see every saved note for that Organization, whether it is related to a specific invoice, a specific contact with that Organization, or an internal note on a project tied to that Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Notes application is integrated with Adjutant modules and records that can have a long life span and maintaining a record of activities is vital. The Notes application is also integrated with records where communication is critical. Notes offers a way to keep track of both, giving users powerful research and liability-control tools. Some of the key application areas that offer Notes integration are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizations (Customers, Vendors, Prospects, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Contacts &lt;br /&gt;
* Projects&lt;br /&gt;
* Inventory Items&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Assets&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts Receivable Invoices (including advanced Collection Notes features)&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts Payable Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
* Work Orders/Service Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Shipping Event Records&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales Opportunities and Campaigns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notes_Screen.png|1080px|link=http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/images/4/45/Notes_Screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Notes application can be opened from the Icon Shortcut bar, or from within a specific record, and the results displayed can differ based on how you loaded the Notes screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Access From the Shortcut Bar===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the Notes Icon from the Shortcut Bar will launch the Notes screen with all Note records linked to the logged in user. This method of accessing the Notes screen can be useful when you are looking for a recent note, or when you wish to add a new note and manually link it to an Organization, Contact, or other record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notes.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Access From a Specific Record===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Actions list for records that are integrated with the Notes application, clicking the &amp;#039;Show Notes&amp;#039; action button will launch the Notes screen with all notes related to the record displayed. For example, if you are viewing the Organization record for &amp;#039;ABC Supplies&amp;#039;, all notes linked to that customer, whether they are from Sales Orders, AR Invoices, or Work Orders, will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notes_Action_Button.png|200px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Use==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note records can be added several different ways, but the main distinction is between manually added notes and automated notes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adding a Note Manually===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# To manually add a note, launch the Notes screen either from the Shortcut Bar, or from a selected record with Notes integration. &lt;br /&gt;
# Click the &amp;#039;New Note&amp;#039; Action button.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the Company, Contact, or other record criteria to link the note with.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete other field entries as desired for items like Priority, Note Owner, Note Type, and Follow Up date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the note contents in the Message area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the &amp;#039;Save Changes&amp;#039; Action button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Automated Notes from Message Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emailing records from within Adjutant will automatically create and link a note record to the parent Organization and Contact records involved using the destination email address to link the record. Maintaining thorough and accurate email addresses in your Organizations and Contacts keeps this feature working automatically behind the scenes and creates a record of communication for every email action you take. The Document Vault integration keeps a record of the actual document(s) linked to any email communication so that you have a stored copy inside Adjutant of every document shared with each Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Automated Notes from Email Integration===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emails from outside of your Organization can also be directed automatically to specific records inside of Adjutant using email tags. System defined email tags work with a dedicated Notes email account to link email text to specific records inside of Adjutant. For example, a customer&amp;#039;s approval response of a project change order received via email can be forwarded to the Notes email address and automatically store the approval record with the Adjutant Project record. No need to dig through your email application when the approval is linked and easily visible right on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accounts Receivable Collection Notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow Up Alerts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CRM and Sales Special Integrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Topics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:General Interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Training Guides]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Notes_Overview&amp;diff=2255</id>
		<title>Notes Overview</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Notes_Overview&amp;diff=2255"/>
		<updated>2020-10-08T14:33:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: Gandrews moved page Notes Overview to Notes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Notes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Contact&amp;diff=2250</id>
		<title>Contact</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Contact&amp;diff=2250"/>
		<updated>2020-09-09T18:45:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: Gandrews moved page Contact to Contact Master&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Contact Master]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Organizations&amp;diff=2246</id>
		<title>Organizations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Organizations&amp;diff=2246"/>
		<updated>2020-09-09T18:41:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: Gandrews moved page Org to Organizations&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;TEST&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Org&amp;diff=2247</id>
		<title>Org</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Org&amp;diff=2247"/>
		<updated>2020-09-09T18:41:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: Gandrews moved page Org to Organizations&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Organizations]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Organizations&amp;diff=2245</id>
		<title>Organizations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Organizations&amp;diff=2245"/>
		<updated>2020-09-09T18:40:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: Created page with &amp;quot;TEST&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;TEST&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Notes&amp;diff=2244</id>
		<title>Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Notes&amp;diff=2244"/>
		<updated>2020-09-08T20:50:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Notes application is a system-wide feature in Adjutant that is integrated with many of the key application modules. The Notes application enables users to store and track all types of notes from multiple sources and keep them tied to a specific record. This allows for frictionless research on the history of a specific customer, vendor, project, or even a single invoice. Many note types are automatically cross-linked to several records, such as customers and project records, making it even easier to find all of the relevant history, no matter where you start from. This functionality also means that when you are looking at a specific Organization, you can see every saved note for that Organization, whether it is related to a specific invoice, a specific contact with that Organization, or an internal note on a project tied to that Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Notes application is integrated with Adjutant modules and records that can have a long life span and maintaining a record of activities is vital. The Notes application is also integrated with records where communication is critical. Notes offers a way to keep track of both, giving users powerful research and liability-control tools. Some of the key application areas that offer Notes integration are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizations (Customers, Vendors, Prospects, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Contacts &lt;br /&gt;
* Projects&lt;br /&gt;
* Inventory Items&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Assets&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts Receivable Invoices (including advanced Collection Notes features)&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts Payable Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
* Work Orders/Service Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Shipping Event Records&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales Opportunities and Campaigns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notes_Screen.png|1080px|link=http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/images/4/45/Notes_Screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Notes application can be opened from the Icon Shortcut bar, or from within a specific record, and the results displayed can differ based on how you loaded the Notes screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Access From the Shortcut Bar===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the Notes Icon from the Shortcut Bar will launch the Notes screen with all Note records linked to the logged in user. This method of accessing the Notes screen can be useful when you are looking for a recent note, or when you wish to add a new note and manually link it to an Organization, Contact, or other record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notes.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Access From a Specific Record===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Actions list for records that are integrated with the Notes application, clicking the &amp;#039;Show Notes&amp;#039; action button will launch the Notes screen with all notes related to the record displayed. For example, if you are viewing the Organization record for &amp;#039;ABC Supplies&amp;#039;, all notes linked to that customer, whether they are from Sales Orders, AR Invoices, or Work Orders, will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notes_Action_Button.png|200px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Use==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note records can be added several different ways, but the main distinction is between manually added notes and automated notes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adding a Note Manually===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# To manually add a note, launch the Notes screen either from the Shortcut Bar, or from a selected record with Notes integration. &lt;br /&gt;
# Click the &amp;#039;New Note&amp;#039; Action button.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the Company, Contact, or other record criteria to link the note with.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete other field entries as desired for items like Priority, Note Owner, Note Type, and Follow Up date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the note contents in the Message area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the &amp;#039;Save Changes&amp;#039; Action button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Automated Notes from Message Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emailing records from within Adjutant will automatically create and link a note record to the parent Organization and Contact records involved using the destination email address to link the record. Maintaining thorough and accurate email addresses in your Organizations and Contacts keeps this feature working automatically behind the scenes and creates a record of communication for every email action you take. The Document Vault integration keeps a record of the actual document(s) linked to any email communication so that you have a stored copy inside Adjutant of every document shared with each Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Automated Notes from Email Integration===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emails from outside of your Organization can also be directed automatically to specific records inside of Adjutant using email tags. System defined email tags work with a dedicated Notes email account to link email text to specific records inside of Adjutant. For example, a customer&amp;#039;s approval response of a project change order received via email can be forwarded to the Notes email address and automatically store the approval record with the Adjutant Project record. No need to dig through your email application when the approval is linked and easily visible right on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accounts Receivable Collection Notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow Up Alerts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CRM and Sales Special Integrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Topics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:General Interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Training Guides]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Notes&amp;diff=2243</id>
		<title>Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Notes&amp;diff=2243"/>
		<updated>2020-09-08T20:46:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Notes application is a system-wide feature in Adjutant that is integrated with many of the key application modules. The Notes application enables users to store and track all types of notes from multiple sources and keep them tied to a specific record. This allows for frictionless research on the history of a specific customer, vendor, project, or even a single invoice. Many note types are automatically cross-linked to several records, such as customers and project records, making it even easier to find all of the relevant history, no matter where you start from. This functionality also means that when you are looking at a specific Organization, you can see every saved note for that Organization, whether it is related to a specific invoice, a specific contact with that Organization, or an internal note on a project tied to that Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Notes application is integrated with Adjutant modules and records that can have a long life span and maintaining a record of activities is vital. The Notes application is also integrated with records where communication is critical. Notes offers a way to keep track of both, giving users powerful research and liability-control tools. Some of the key application areas that offer Notes integration are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizations (Customers, Vendors, Prospects, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Contacts &lt;br /&gt;
* Projects&lt;br /&gt;
* Inventory Items&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Assets&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts Receivable Invoices (including advanced Collection Notes features)&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts Payable Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
* Work Orders/Service Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Shipping Event Records&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales Opportunities and Campaigns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notes_Screen.png|1080px|http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/images/4/45/Notes_Screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Notes application can be opened from the Icon Shortcut bar, or from within a specific record, and the results displayed can differ based on how you loaded the Notes screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Access From the Shortcut Bar===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on the Notes Icon from the Shortcut Bar will launch the Notes screen with all Note records linked to the logged in user. This method of accessing the Notes screen can be useful when you are looking for a recent note, or when you wish to add a new note and manually link it to an Organization, Contact, or other record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notes.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Access From a Specific Record===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Actions list for records that are integrated with the Notes application, clicking the &amp;#039;Show Notes&amp;#039; action button will launch the Notes screen with all notes related to the record displayed. For example, if you are viewing the Organization record for &amp;#039;ABC Supplies&amp;#039;, all notes linked to that customer, whether they are from Sales Orders, AR Invoices, or Work Orders, will be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notes_Action_Button.png|200px|]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Use==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note records can be added several different ways, but the main distinction is between manually added notes and automated notes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adding a Note Manually===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# To manually add a note, launch the Notes screen either from the Shortcut Bar, or from a selected record with Notes integration. &lt;br /&gt;
# Click the &amp;#039;New Note&amp;#039; Action button.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the Company, Contact, or other record criteria to link the note with.&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete other field entries as desired for items like Priority, Note Owner, Note Type, and Follow Up date.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the note contents in the Message area.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the &amp;#039;Save Changes&amp;#039; Action button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Automated Notes from Message Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emailing records from within Adjutant will automatically create and link a note record to the parent Organization and Contact records involved using the destination email address to link the record. Maintaining thorough and accurate email addresses in your Organizations and Contacts keeps this feature working automatically behind the scenes and creates a record of communication for every email action you take. The Document Vault integration keeps a record of the actual document(s) linked to any email communication so that you have a stored copy inside Adjutant of every document shared with each Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Automated Notes from Email Integration===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emails from outside of your Organization can also be directed automatically to specific records inside of Adjutant using email tags. System defined email tags work with a dedicated Notes email account to link email text to specific records inside of Adjutant. For example, a customer&amp;#039;s approval response of a project change order received via email can be forwarded to the Notes email address and automatically store the approval record with the Adjutant Project record. No need to dig through your email application when the approval is linked and easily visible right on the project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accounts Receivable Collection Notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow Up Alerts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CRM and Sales Special Integrations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Topics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:General Interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Training Guides]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=2242</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=2242"/>
		<updated>2020-09-08T19:48:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* Welcome to the Adjutant Wiki (Under Construction) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Welcome to the Adjutant Wiki (Under Construction)==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
This Adjutant Wiki currently hosts the consultant checklists for application setup and data import. These wiki pages were created for ABIS internal use, but may be shared with customers under certain circumstances. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The site is currently under construction with new content getting added periodically. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reference information available in each section below is still being developed and additional applications/sections will be added as they are ready.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;text-align: left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Outline Of Topics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Best Practices|Best Practice Guides]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Frequently Asked Questions]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Topics by Application/Module Category&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Accounts Payable|Accounts Payable]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Accounts Receivable|Accounts Receivable]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Address Book|Address Book]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:General Ledger|General Ledger]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Item Control|Item Control]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Order Entry|Order Entry]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Production|Production]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Projects|Projects]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Purchase Orders|Purchase Orders]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Sales Tax|Sales Tax]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:System Manager|System Manager]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Tasks and Time Billing|Tasks and Time Billing]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Questionnaires|Questionnaires]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[All Questionnaires]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Setup Guides|Implementation Setup Guides]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Import Guides|Import Guides]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Go-Live Guides|Go-Live Guides]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:Training Guides|Training Guides]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[:Category:General Interface|General Interface]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Read the [[FAQ]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the [[Rules of Conduct]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the [[pageediting|Page Editing Tutorial]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opinions expressed by wiki authors or commentators are entirely their own and do not reflect the position of ABIS Consulting Group. Any advice or recommendations discussed on this wiki (or sites it links to) are not validated by ABIS.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Have You Reached This Page in Error?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you reached this page by clicking on the Wiki button on the $wgExternalLinkTarget =  [http://www.abiscorp.com/AdjWiki/GetFile.aspx?File=System%20Manager\f12.png&amp;amp;AspxAutoDetectCookieSupport=1|Info/Wiki screen], please tell us about it by Emailing your implementation consultant.  Please include the screen name in your email and we&amp;#039;ll get a wiki page linked ASAP.  Thanks!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Document_Vault&amp;diff=2168</id>
		<title>Document Vault</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Document_Vault&amp;diff=2168"/>
		<updated>2020-08-28T16:13:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Document Vault solution is a system-wide feature in Adjutant that is integrated with many of the key application modules. The Document Vault enables users to store and track all external documents from multiple sources and keep them tied to a specific record. This allows for frictionless research on the history of a specific customer, vendor, project, or even a single invoice. Documents may be cross-linked to several records, such as customers and project records, making it even easier to find all of the relevant history, no matter where you start from. This functionality also means that when you are looking at a specific Organization, you can see every saved PDF, picture, scanned document, etc. for that Organization, whether it is related to a specific invoice, a specific contact with that Organization, or an internal note on a project tied to that Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Document Vault solution is integrated with Adjutant modules and records that can have a long life span and maintaining a record of activities is vital. The Vault application is also integrated with records where communication is critical. Document Vault offers a way to keep track of both, giving users powerful research and liability-control tools. Some of the key application areas that offer Notes integration are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizations (Customers, Vendors, Prospects, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Contacts &lt;br /&gt;
* Projects&lt;br /&gt;
* Inventory Items&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Assets&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts Receivable Invoices (including advanced Collection Notes features)&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts Payable Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
* Work Orders/Service Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Shipping Event Records&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales Opportunities and Campaigns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Docvaultwiki.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:General Interface]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Docvaultwiki.png&amp;diff=2167</id>
		<title>File:Docvaultwiki.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Docvaultwiki.png&amp;diff=2167"/>
		<updated>2020-08-28T16:13:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Document_Vault&amp;diff=2166</id>
		<title>Document Vault</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Document_Vault&amp;diff=2166"/>
		<updated>2020-08-28T16:12:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Document Vault solution is a system-wide feature in Adjutant that is integrated with many of the key application modules. The Document Vault enables users to store and track all external documents from multiple sources and keep them tied to a specific record. This allows for frictionless research on the history of a specific customer, vendor, project, or even a single invoice. Documents may be cross-linked to several records, such as customers and project records, making it even easier to find all of the relevant history, no matter where you start from. This functionality also means that when you are looking at a specific Organization, you can see every saved PDF, picture, scanned document, etc. for that Organization, whether it is related to a specific invoice, a specific contact with that Organization, or an internal note on a project tied to that Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Document Vault solution is integrated with Adjutant modules and records that can have a long life span and maintaining a record of activities is vital. The Vault application is also integrated with records where communication is critical. Document Vault offers a way to keep track of both, giving users powerful research and liability-control tools. Some of the key application areas that offer Notes integration are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizations (Customers, Vendors, Prospects, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Contacts &lt;br /&gt;
* Projects&lt;br /&gt;
* Inventory Items&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Assets&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts Receivable Invoices (including advanced Collection Notes features)&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts Payable Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
* Work Orders/Service Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Shipping Event Records&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales Opportunities and Campaigns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Docvault_wiki.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:General Interface]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Document_Vault&amp;diff=2165</id>
		<title>Document Vault</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Document_Vault&amp;diff=2165"/>
		<updated>2020-08-28T16:12:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Document Vault solution is a system-wide feature in Adjutant that is integrated with many of the key application modules. The Document Vault enables users to store and track all external documents from multiple sources and keep them tied to a specific record. This allows for frictionless research on the history of a specific customer, vendor, project, or even a single invoice. Documents may be cross-linked to several records, such as customers and project records, making it even easier to find all of the relevant history, no matter where you start from. This functionality also means that when you are looking at a specific Organization, you can see every saved PDF, picture, scanned document, etc. for that Organization, whether it is related to a specific invoice, a specific contact with that Organization, or an internal note on a project tied to that Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Document Vault solution is integrated with Adjutant modules and records that can have a long life span and maintaining a record of activities is vital. The Vault application is also integrated with records where communication is critical. Document Vault offers a way to keep track of both, giving users powerful research and liability-control tools. Some of the key application areas that offer Notes integration are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizations (Customers, Vendors, Prospects, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Contacts &lt;br /&gt;
* Projects&lt;br /&gt;
* Inventory Items&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Assets&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts Receivable Invoices (including advanced Collection Notes features)&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts Payable Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
* Work Orders/Service Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Shipping Event Records&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales Opportunities and Campaigns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Docvault wiki.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:General Interface]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Document_Vault&amp;diff=2164</id>
		<title>Document Vault</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Document_Vault&amp;diff=2164"/>
		<updated>2020-08-28T15:59:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: Created page with &amp;quot;==General Information==  The Document Vault solution is a system-wide feature in Adjutant that is integrated with many of the key application modules. The Document Vault enabl...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==General Information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Document Vault solution is a system-wide feature in Adjutant that is integrated with many of the key application modules. The Document Vault enables users to store and track all external documents from multiple sources and keep them tied to a specific record. This allows for frictionless research on the history of a specific customer, vendor, project, or even a single invoice. Documents may be cross-linked to several records, such as customers and project records, making it even easier to find all of the relevant history, no matter where you start from. This functionality also means that when you are looking at a specific Organization, you can see every saved PDF, picture, scanned document, etc. for that Organization, whether it is related to a specific invoice, a specific contact with that Organization, or an internal note on a project tied to that Organization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Document Vault solution is integrated with Adjutant modules and records that can have a long life span and maintaining a record of activities is vital. The Vault application is also integrated with records where communication is critical. Document Vault offers a way to keep track of both, giving users powerful research and liability-control tools. Some of the key application areas that offer Notes integration are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Organizations (Customers, Vendors, Prospects, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Contacts &lt;br /&gt;
* Projects&lt;br /&gt;
* Inventory Items&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed Assets&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts Receivable Invoices (including advanced Collection Notes features)&lt;br /&gt;
* Accounts Payable Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
* Work Orders/Service Orders&lt;br /&gt;
* Shipping Event Records&lt;br /&gt;
* Sales Opportunities and Campaigns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:General Interface]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Organization&amp;diff=1596</id>
		<title>Organization</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Organization&amp;diff=1596"/>
		<updated>2020-07-17T00:39:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===General Description===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Maintain &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Address Book &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Organizations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization screen is also accessible from the [^{UP}Organizations\Tool Bar - Organization icon.jpg|Adjutant Toolbar]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: ENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  The Organization screen lists all organizations’ key information. Users can also edit existing and add new organizations.  (An organization is defined in Adjutant as any customer, vendor, supplier, company, prospect, address, location, etc that has a relationship with your company.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fields/Filters===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; ID # of the organization  (Leave this blank when entering a new organization, Adjutant automatically assigns the ID.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Name of the organization being adding or editing  (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to perform a Google search on the organization&amp;#039;s name)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Address: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Street address of the organization  (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Address&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to perform a Google Maps search for the organization&amp;#039;s address)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;City: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; City the organization is in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;State: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; State the organization is in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zip Code: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Zip Code the organization is in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Country: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Country the organization is located&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zone: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The area/zone of the organization  (Zones are maintained in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Zones from the pull-down menu)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phone: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Organization phone number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fax: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Organization fax number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Contact email address (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to send an email from the Adjutant)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contact:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Main contact person’s name for the organization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{s:yellow&lt;br /&gt;
| text = &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PLEASE NOTE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Entering a contact name while ADDING an Organization will also create a new Contact. &amp;amp;nbsp;Entering a contact name while &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;EDITING&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; an Organization will NOT create a contact record.&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Title: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Title of the main contact person&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Web Page: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The organization&amp;#039;s web page  (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Web page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; link to open the web page in a default web browser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parents: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Parent organizations of the selected organization (Double-click the organization name to open another screen with their information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Children: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Child organizations of the selected organization (Double-click the organization name to open another screen with their information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attributes:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  List of the attributes that have been assigned to the organization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick Links===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Links to the more common Organization Attributes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^billto|Bill To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^soldto|Sold To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^shipto|Ship To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^remit to|Remit To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^soldfrom|Sold From]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^resource|Resource]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Address Book]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Organization&amp;diff=1595</id>
		<title>Organization</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Organization&amp;diff=1595"/>
		<updated>2020-07-17T00:38:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===General Description===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Maintain &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Address Book &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Organizations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization screen is also accessible from the [^{UP}Organizations\Tool Bar - Organization icon.jpg|Adjutant Toolbar]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: ENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  The Organization screen lists all organizations’ key information. Users can also edit existing and add new organizations.  (An organization is defined in Adjutant as any customer, vendor, supplier, company, prospect, address, location, etc that has a relationship with your company.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fields/Filters===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; ID # of the organization  (Leave this blank when entering a new organization, Adjutant automatically assigns the ID.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Name of the organization being adding or editing  (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to perform a Google search on the organization&amp;#039;s name)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Address: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Street address of the organization  (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Address&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to perform a Google Maps search for the organization&amp;#039;s address)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;City: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; City the organization is in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;State: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; State the organization is in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zip Code: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Zip Code the organization is in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Country: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Country the organization is located&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zone: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The area/zone of the organization  (Zones are maintained in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Zones from the pull-down menu)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phone: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Organization phone number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fax: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Organization fax number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Contact email address (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to send an email from the Adjutant)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contact:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Main contact person’s name for the organization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{s:yellow&lt;br /&gt;
| text = &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PLEASE NOTE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Entering a contact name while ADDING an Organization will also create a new Contact. &amp;amp;nbsp;Entering a contact name while &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;EDITING&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; an Organization will NOT create a contact record.&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Title: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Title of the main contact person&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Web Page: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The organization&amp;#039;s web page  (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Web page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; link to open the web page in a default web browser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parents: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Parent organizations of the selected organization (Double-click the organization name to open another screen with their information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Children: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Child organizations of the selected organization (Double-click the organization name to open another screen with their information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attributes:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  List of the attributes that have been assigned to the organization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick Links===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Links to the more common Organization Attributes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^billto|Bill To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^soldto|Sold To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^shipto|Ship To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^remit to|Remit To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^soldfrom|Sold From]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^resource|Resource]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:AddressBook]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Organization&amp;diff=1594</id>
		<title>Organization</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Organization&amp;diff=1594"/>
		<updated>2020-07-17T00:35:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===General Description===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Maintain &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Address Book &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Organizations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization screen is also accessible from the [^{UP}Organizations\Tool Bar - Organization icon.jpg|Adjutant Toolbar]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: ENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  The Organization screen lists all organizations’ key information. Users can also edit existing and add new organizations.  (An organization is defined in Adjutant as any customer, vendor, supplier, company, prospect, address, location, etc that has a relationship with your company.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fields/Filters===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; ID # of the organization  (Leave this blank when entering a new organization, Adjutant automatically assigns the ID.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Name of the organization being adding or editing  (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to perform a Google search on the organization&amp;#039;s name)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Address: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Street address of the organization  (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Address&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to perform a Google Maps search for the organization&amp;#039;s address)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;City: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; City the organization is in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;State: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; State the organization is in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zip Code: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Zip Code the organization is in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Country: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Country the organization is located&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zone: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The area/zone of the organization  (Zones are maintained in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Zones from the pull-down menu)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phone: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Organization phone number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fax: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Organization fax number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Contact email address (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to send an email from the Adjutant)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contact:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Main contact person’s name for the organization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{s:yellow&lt;br /&gt;
| text = &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PLEASE NOTE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Entering a contact name while ADDING an Organization will also create a new Contact. &amp;amp;nbsp;Entering a contact name while &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;EDITING&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; an Organization will NOT create a contact record.&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Title: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Title of the main contact person&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Web Page: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The organization&amp;#039;s web page  (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Web page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; link to open the web page in a default web browser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parents: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Parent organizations of the selected organization (Double-click the organization name to open another screen with their information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Children: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Child organizations of the selected organization (Double-click the organization name to open another screen with their information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attributes:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  List of the attributes that have been assigned to the organization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick Links===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Links to the more common Organization Attributes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^billto|Bill To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^soldto|Sold To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^shipto|Ship To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^remit to|Remit To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^soldfrom|Sold From]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^resource|Resource]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Organization&amp;diff=1593</id>
		<title>Organization</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Organization&amp;diff=1593"/>
		<updated>2020-07-17T00:34:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: Created page with &amp;quot; ===General Description===  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Maintain &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Address Book &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Organizations  The Organization screen is also accessible from the [^{UP}Organizations\Too...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===General Description===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Default Menu Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Maintain &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Address Book &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Organizations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Organization screen is also accessible from the [^{UP}Organizations\Tool Bar - Organization icon.jpg|Adjutant Toolbar]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screen Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: ENT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Function&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:  The Organization screen lists all organizations’ key information. Users can also edit existing and add new organizations.  (An organization is defined in Adjutant as any customer, vendor, supplier, company, prospect, address, location, etc that has a relationship with your company.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[imageauto|Organization Screen|{UP}/OrgScreenEmbedded.png|^{UP}Organizations\Organization Screen - ABIS.jpg]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fields/Filters===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ID: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; ID # of the organization  (Leave this blank when entering a new organization, Adjutant automatically assigns the ID.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Name of the organization being adding or editing  (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to perform a Google search on the organization&amp;#039;s name)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Address: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Street address of the organization  (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Address&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to perform a Google Maps search for the organization&amp;#039;s address)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;City: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; City the organization is in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;State: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; State the organization is in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zip Code: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Zip Code the organization is in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Country: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Country the organization is located&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Zone: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The area/zone of the organization  (Zones are maintained in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rule Maintenance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; screen by selecting Zones from the pull-down menu)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phone: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Organization phone number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fax: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Organization fax number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Contact email address (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to send an email from the Adjutant)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contact:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Main contact person’s name for the organization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{s:yellow&lt;br /&gt;
| text = &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PLEASE NOTE:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Entering a contact name while ADDING an Organization will also create a new Contact. &amp;amp;nbsp;Entering a contact name while &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;EDITING&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; an Organization will NOT create a contact record.&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Title: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Title of the main contact person&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Web Page: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The organization&amp;#039;s web page  (Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Web page&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; link to open the web page in a default web browser)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parents: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Parent organizations of the selected organization (Double-click the organization name to open another screen with their information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Children: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Child organizations of the selected organization (Double-click the organization name to open another screen with their information)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attributes:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  List of the attributes that have been assigned to the organization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick Links===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Links to the more common Organization Attributes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^billto|Bill To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^soldto|Sold To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^shipto|Ship To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^remit to|Remit To]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^soldfrom|Sold From]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[^resource|Resource]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=IntroTraining&amp;diff=1539</id>
		<title>IntroTraining</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=IntroTraining&amp;diff=1539"/>
		<updated>2020-03-24T15:44:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Welcome to Adjutant&amp;#039;s Introductory Training&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;r0vXB57efZE&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Training_Portal]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Category:Training_Portal&amp;diff=1538</id>
		<title>Category:Training Portal</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Category:Training_Portal&amp;diff=1538"/>
		<updated>2020-03-24T15:42:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;ADJUTANT LANGUAGE&lt;br /&gt;
• CID – Company ID. This identifies the database name the application is linked to and where to&lt;br /&gt;
access or store transactions from the software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Sandbox – An Adjutant CID that is set up for testing transactions and training new users. Any&lt;br /&gt;
records created here will not impact the company’s operating software&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Attributes – Identifiers given to any static record in Adjutant (Customer, Vendor, Item or User)&lt;br /&gt;
which allows the system to assign responsibility or save additional information to the record&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Organizations – Every entity Reed’s Metals interacts with will be referred to as a organization&lt;br /&gt;
record, then attributes will be assigned to define the prospect/ customer/ vendor/&lt;br /&gt;
subcontractor/ etc. relationship&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Rule Maintenance – End user screen that allows admin users to update dropdown values&lt;br /&gt;
throughout the system. The rules will often have a code identifier that allows the unique&lt;br /&gt;
dropdown record to be related to other saved values throughout the system.&lt;br /&gt;
o Units – Specifically set up to identify all relationships between different Units of measure&lt;br /&gt;
for all item records i.e. LBS/FT, FT to Each (or piece), Each to Box (or bag), etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Set Up Options – Each Adjutant screen has a series of logic checkboxes that dictate how that&lt;br /&gt;
screen reacts when used. The admin team can update these checkboxes in order to add new&lt;br /&gt;
features or modify processes within that screen. NOTE: Using the sandbox to test any set up&lt;br /&gt;
option changes is recommended before making changes in the live environment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• User – Any person that has access to the Adjutant system, either through the Desktop, Web or&lt;br /&gt;
Terminal Scanner applications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
o Security Tokens – Permissions given to each Users throughout the system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
o User Options – Universal preferences for how Adjutant is displayed and operates for&lt;br /&gt;
each specific user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Resource – A defined contact, user or machine in Adjutant that can be given skills, tasks and&lt;br /&gt;
responsibilities. All of which can be reported as needed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Auto Process – Back End system procedures that run during off hours to update records, run&lt;br /&gt;
reports and close daily batching processes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
o Diamond Report – Custom SQL reporting provided by ABIS or admin team members to&lt;br /&gt;
pull specific data without going through a front-end report screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Blocks – Web Adjutant Business Intelligence and KPI elements that are set up specific to the&lt;br /&gt;
user for dashboard reporting&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Category:Training_Portal&amp;diff=1537</id>
		<title>Category:Training Portal</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Category:Training_Portal&amp;diff=1537"/>
		<updated>2020-03-24T15:42:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: Created page with &amp;quot;ADJUTANT LANGUAGE • CID – Company ID. This identifies the database name the application is linked to and where to access or store transactions from the software • Sandbo...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;ADJUTANT LANGUAGE&lt;br /&gt;
• CID – Company ID. This identifies the database name the application is linked to and where to&lt;br /&gt;
access or store transactions from the software&lt;br /&gt;
• Sandbox – An Adjutant CID that is set up for testing transactions and training new users. Any&lt;br /&gt;
records created here will not impact the company’s operating software&lt;br /&gt;
• Attributes – Identifiers given to any static record in Adjutant (Customer, Vendor, Item or User)&lt;br /&gt;
which allows the system to assign responsibility or save additional information to the record&lt;br /&gt;
• Organizations – Every entity Reed’s Metals interacts with will be referred to as a organization&lt;br /&gt;
record, then attributes will be assigned to define the prospect/ customer/ vendor/&lt;br /&gt;
subcontractor/ etc. relationship&lt;br /&gt;
• Rule Maintenance – End user screen that allows admin users to update dropdown values&lt;br /&gt;
throughout the system. The rules will often have a code identifier that allows the unique&lt;br /&gt;
dropdown record to be related to other saved values throughout the system.&lt;br /&gt;
o Units – Specifically set up to identify all relationships between different Units of measure&lt;br /&gt;
for all item records i.e. LBS/FT, FT to Each (or piece), Each to Box (or bag), etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Set Up Options – Each Adjutant screen has a series of logic checkboxes that dictate how that&lt;br /&gt;
screen reacts when used. The admin team can update these checkboxes in order to add new&lt;br /&gt;
features or modify processes within that screen. NOTE: Using the sandbox to test any set up&lt;br /&gt;
option changes is recommended before making changes in the live environment.&lt;br /&gt;
• User – Any person that has access to the Adjutant system, either through the Desktop, Web or&lt;br /&gt;
Terminal Scanner applications&lt;br /&gt;
o Security Tokens – Permissions given to each Users throughout the system&lt;br /&gt;
o User Options – Universal preferences for how Adjutant is displayed and operates for&lt;br /&gt;
each specific user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Resource – A defined contact, user or machine in Adjutant that can be given skills, tasks and&lt;br /&gt;
responsibilities. All of which can be reported as needed&lt;br /&gt;
• Auto Process – Back End system procedures that run during off hours to update records, run&lt;br /&gt;
reports and close daily batching processes&lt;br /&gt;
o Diamond Report – Custom SQL reporting provided by ABIS or admin team members to&lt;br /&gt;
pull specific data without going through a front-end report screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Blocks – Web Adjutant Business Intelligence and KPI elements that are set up specific to the&lt;br /&gt;
user for dashboard reporting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjutant&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=IntroTraining&amp;diff=1536</id>
		<title>IntroTraining</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=IntroTraining&amp;diff=1536"/>
		<updated>2020-03-24T14:43:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Welcome to Adjutant&amp;#039;s Introductory Training&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  &amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;r0vXB57efZE&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Welcome to Adjutant&amp;#039;s Introductory Training&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;youtube&amp;gt;r0vXB57efZE&amp;lt;/youtube&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1382</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1382"/>
		<updated>2019-01-18T20:05:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Desktop_tool_bar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:web_toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to log into ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Menu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icon Navigation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating &amp;amp; Using Shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accesses Screen Information &amp;amp; Help Documentation &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screen Icon Menu==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1381</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1381"/>
		<updated>2019-01-18T20:04:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:web_toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to log into ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Menu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icon Navigation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating &amp;amp; Using Shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accesses Screen Information &amp;amp; Help Documentation &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screen Icon Menu==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Web_toolbar.png&amp;diff=1380</id>
		<title>File:Web toolbar.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Web_toolbar.png&amp;diff=1380"/>
		<updated>2019-01-18T20:03:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Desktop_tool_bar.png&amp;diff=1379</id>
		<title>File:Desktop tool bar.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=File:Desktop_tool_bar.png&amp;diff=1379"/>
		<updated>2019-01-18T20:03:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1378</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1378"/>
		<updated>2019-01-18T20:02:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===How to log into ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Menu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icon Navigation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating &amp;amp; Using Shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accesses Screen Information &amp;amp; Help Documentation &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screen Icon Menu==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Gandrews&amp;diff=1377</id>
		<title>Gandrews</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Gandrews&amp;diff=1377"/>
		<updated>2019-01-18T19:59:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Greg Andrews&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experienced business consultant with a proven history of success in the metal building and manufacturing industries. Currently a leadership team member for a cutting-edge ERP software company. Utilizing best practices from industry knowledge as well as advancements in mobile and warehouse communication to fulfill customer needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.linkedin.com/in/greg-andrews-houston/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Gandrews&amp;diff=1376</id>
		<title>Gandrews</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Gandrews&amp;diff=1376"/>
		<updated>2019-01-18T19:58:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: Created page with &amp;quot;Experienced business consultant with a proven history of success in the metal building and manufacturing industries. Currently a leadership team member for a cutting-edge ERP...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Experienced business consultant with a proven history of success in the metal building and manufacturing industries. Currently a leadership team member for a cutting-edge ERP software company. Utilizing best practices from industry knowledge as well as advancements in mobile and warehouse communication to fulfill customer needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.linkedin.com/in/greg-andrews-houston/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1272</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1272"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:37:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* Default Menu */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===How to log into ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Menu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;embedvideo service=&amp;quot;youtube&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pSsYTj9kCHE&amp;lt;/embedvideo&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;iframe title=&amp;quot;YouTube video player&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;853&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;510&amp;quot; src=&amp;quot;http://www.youtube.com/embed/w90dVIPC3O4?rel=0&amp;quot; frameborder=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; allowfullscreen&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/iframe&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icon Navigation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating &amp;amp; Using Shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accesses Screen Information &amp;amp; Help Documentation &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screen Icon Menu==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1271</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1271"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:36:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* Default Menu */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===How to log into ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Menu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;embedvideo service=&amp;quot;youtube&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pSsYTj9kCHE&amp;lt;/embedvideo&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icon Navigation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating &amp;amp; Using Shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accesses Screen Information &amp;amp; Help Documentation &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screen Icon Menu==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1270</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1270"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:35:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* Default Menu */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===How to log into ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Menu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#evt:&lt;br /&gt;
service=youtube&lt;br /&gt;
|id=https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pSsYTj9kCHE&lt;br /&gt;
|alignment=right&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icon Navigation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating &amp;amp; Using Shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accesses Screen Information &amp;amp; Help Documentation &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screen Icon Menu==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Training_Session&amp;diff=1269</id>
		<title>Training Session</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Training_Session&amp;diff=1269"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:28:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* System Naviagation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Sessions outlined below are set up in a demo environment and use Adjutant best practice work flows, these may be different then the current work flow in your CID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noautonum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System Naviagation==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[System Navigation|Basic Navigation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Address Book==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Order Entry==&lt;br /&gt;
===Customer Quotes===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendor Bids===&lt;br /&gt;
===Purchase Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Item Control==&lt;br /&gt;
===Bill of Material===&lt;br /&gt;
===Item Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
===Item Integrations===&lt;br /&gt;
===Attributes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Production==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Warehouse Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Wireless Warehouse Included&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Accounts Payable==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Accounts Receivable==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Ledger==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System Manager==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Business Process Automation==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;KPI, Workflows, Manage by exception&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CRM - Customer Relationship Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Task Manager==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Industry included&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Training_Session&amp;diff=1268</id>
		<title>Training Session</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Training_Session&amp;diff=1268"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:28:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* System Naviagation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Sessions outlined below are set up in a demo environment and use Adjutant best practice work flows, these may be different then the current work flow in your CID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noautonum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System Naviagation==&lt;br /&gt;
* Basic Navigation [[System Navigation|Link HERE]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Address Book==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Order Entry==&lt;br /&gt;
===Customer Quotes===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendor Bids===&lt;br /&gt;
===Purchase Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Item Control==&lt;br /&gt;
===Bill of Material===&lt;br /&gt;
===Item Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
===Item Integrations===&lt;br /&gt;
===Attributes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Production==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Warehouse Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Wireless Warehouse Included&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Accounts Payable==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Accounts Receivable==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Ledger==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System Manager==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Business Process Automation==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;KPI, Workflows, Manage by exception&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CRM - Customer Relationship Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Task Manager==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Industry included&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Training_Session&amp;diff=1267</id>
		<title>Training Session</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Training_Session&amp;diff=1267"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:26:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* System Naviagation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Sessions outlined below are set up in a demo environment and use Adjutant best practice work flows, these may be different then the current work flow in your CID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noautonum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System Naviagation==&lt;br /&gt;
* Basic Navigation [[here|System Navigation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Address Book==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Order Entry==&lt;br /&gt;
===Customer Quotes===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendor Bids===&lt;br /&gt;
===Purchase Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Item Control==&lt;br /&gt;
===Bill of Material===&lt;br /&gt;
===Item Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
===Item Integrations===&lt;br /&gt;
===Attributes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Production==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Warehouse Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Wireless Warehouse Included&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Accounts Payable==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Accounts Receivable==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Ledger==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System Manager==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Business Process Automation==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;KPI, Workflows, Manage by exception&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CRM - Customer Relationship Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Task Manager==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Industry included&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Training_Session&amp;diff=1266</id>
		<title>Training Session</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Training_Session&amp;diff=1266"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:25:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* System Naviagation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Sessions outlined below are set up in a demo environment and use Adjutant best practice work flows, these may be different then the current work flow in your CID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noautonum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System Naviagation==&lt;br /&gt;
* Basic Navigation [[here|System_Navigation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Address Book==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Order Entry==&lt;br /&gt;
===Customer Quotes===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendor Bids===&lt;br /&gt;
===Purchase Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Item Control==&lt;br /&gt;
===Bill of Material===&lt;br /&gt;
===Item Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
===Item Integrations===&lt;br /&gt;
===Attributes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Production==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Warehouse Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Wireless Warehouse Included&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Accounts Payable==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Accounts Receivable==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Ledger==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System Manager==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Business Process Automation==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;KPI, Workflows, Manage by exception&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CRM - Customer Relationship Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Task Manager==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Industry included&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Training_Session&amp;diff=1265</id>
		<title>Training Session</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=Training_Session&amp;diff=1265"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:25:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* System Naviagation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Sessions outlined below are set up in a demo environment and use Adjutant best practice work flows, these may be different then the current work flow in your CID.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noautonum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System Naviagation==&lt;br /&gt;
* Basic Navigation [here|System_Navigation]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Address Book==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Order Entry==&lt;br /&gt;
===Customer Quotes===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sales Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
===Vendor Bids===&lt;br /&gt;
===Purchase Orders===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Item Control==&lt;br /&gt;
===Bill of Material===&lt;br /&gt;
===Item Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
===Item Integrations===&lt;br /&gt;
===Attributes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Production==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Warehouse Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Wireless Warehouse Included&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Accounts Payable==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Accounts Receivable==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General Ledger==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System Manager==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Business Process Automation==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;KPI, Workflows, Manage by exception&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==CRM - Customer Relationship Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Task Manager==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Industry included&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1264</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1264"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:24:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* HOW TO LOG IN TO ADJUTANT */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===How to log into ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Menu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icon Navigation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating &amp;amp; Using Shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accesses Screen Information &amp;amp; Help Documentation &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screen Icon Menu==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1263</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1263"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:23:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* DEFAULT MENU */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===HOW TO LOG IN TO ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Default Menu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icon Navigation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating &amp;amp; Using Shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accesses Screen Information &amp;amp; Help Documentation &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screen Icon Menu==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1262</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1262"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:23:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* NAVIGATING THE TOOLBAR */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===HOW TO LOG IN TO ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DEFAULT MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icon Navigation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating &amp;amp; Using Shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accesses Screen Information &amp;amp; Help Documentation &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screen Icon Menu==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1261</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1261"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:23:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* SEARCH */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===HOW TO LOG IN TO ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DEFAULT MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===NAVIGATING THE TOOLBAR===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Search===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating &amp;amp; Using Shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accesses Screen Information &amp;amp; Help Documentation &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screen Icon Menu==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1260</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1260"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:23:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* CREATING AND USING DESKTOP SHORTCUTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===HOW TO LOG IN TO ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DEFAULT MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===NAVIGATING THE TOOLBAR===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SEARCH===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Creating &amp;amp; Using Shortcuts===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accesses Screen Information &amp;amp; Help Documentation &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screen Icon Menu==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1259</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1259"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:22:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* SCREEN ICONS FEATURED THROUGHOUT ADJUTANT */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===HOW TO LOG IN TO ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DEFAULT MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===NAVIGATING THE TOOLBAR===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SEARCH===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CREATING AND USING DESKTOP SHORTCUTS===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accesses Screen Information &amp;amp; Help Documentation &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screen Icon Menu==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1254</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1254"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:09:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* F12 - Help Button */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===HOW TO LOG IN TO ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DEFAULT MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===NAVIGATING THE TOOLBAR===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SEARCH===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CREATING AND USING DESKTOP SHORTCUTS===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Accesses Screen Information &amp;amp; Help Documentation &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCREEN ICONS FEATURED THROUGHOUT ADJUTANT==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1253</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1253"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:04:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* SCREEN ICONS FEATURED THROUGHOUT ADJUTANT */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===HOW TO LOG IN TO ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DEFAULT MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===NAVIGATING THE TOOLBAR===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SEARCH===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CREATING AND USING DESKTOP SHORTCUTS===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ACCESSING SCREEN INFORMATION &amp;amp; HELP DOCUMENTATION&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCREEN ICONS FEATURED THROUGHOUT ADJUTANT==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1252</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1252"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:04:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* F12 - Help Button */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===HOW TO LOG IN TO ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DEFAULT MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===NAVIGATING THE TOOLBAR===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SEARCH===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CREATING AND USING DESKTOP SHORTCUTS===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ACCESSING SCREEN INFORMATION &amp;amp; HELP DOCUMENTATION&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCREEN ICONS FEATURED THROUGHOUT ADJUTANT==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1251</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1251"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T20:03:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* CREATING AND USING DESKTOP SHORTCUTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===HOW TO LOG IN TO ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DEFAULT MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===NAVIGATING THE TOOLBAR===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SEARCH===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CREATING AND USING DESKTOP SHORTCUTS===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to move a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F12 - Help Button===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ACCESSING SCREEN INFORMATION &amp;amp; HELP DOCUMENTATION&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SCREEN ICONS FEATURED THROUGHOUT ADJUTANT==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add/New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (blank order form, gold paperweight) This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (order form with pencil) This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - (red X)This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (floppy disk) This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -  (blue open folder) This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Document Vault&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Air Hammer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1250</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1250"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T19:58:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* SEARCH */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===HOW TO LOG IN TO ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DEFAULT MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===NAVIGATING THE TOOLBAR===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SEARCH===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CREATING AND USING DESKTOP SHORTCUTS===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
•	How to move a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
o	Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
o	To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&lt;br /&gt;
•	Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&lt;br /&gt;
ACCESSING SCREEN INFORMATION &amp;amp; HELP DOCUMENTATION (F12)&lt;br /&gt;
•	From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
o	Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
	Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
o	Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
	The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
SCREEN ICONS FEATURED THROUGHOUT ADJUTANT&lt;br /&gt;
•	Add/New (blank order form, gold paperweight)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Edit (order form with pencil)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Delete (red X)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
•	Save (floppy disk)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Cancel &lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Search (blue open folder)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Print&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
•	Note &lt;br /&gt;
o	This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Document Vault &lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Air Hammer&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1249</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1249"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T19:58:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: /* SEARCH */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===HOW TO LOG IN TO ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DEFAULT MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===NAVIGATING THE TOOLBAR===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SEARCH===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Percent sign (%)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Question mark (?)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comma (,)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CREATING AND USING DESKTOP SHORTCUTS===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
•	How to move a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
o	Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
o	To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&lt;br /&gt;
•	Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&lt;br /&gt;
ACCESSING SCREEN INFORMATION &amp;amp; HELP DOCUMENTATION (F12)&lt;br /&gt;
•	From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
o	Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
	Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
o	Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
	The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
SCREEN ICONS FEATURED THROUGHOUT ADJUTANT&lt;br /&gt;
•	Add/New (blank order form, gold paperweight)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Edit (order form with pencil)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Delete (red X)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
•	Save (floppy disk)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Cancel &lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Search (blue open folder)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Print&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
•	Note &lt;br /&gt;
o	This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Document Vault &lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Air Hammer&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1248</id>
		<title>System Navigation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://www.abiscorp.com/faq/index.php?title=System_Navigation&amp;diff=1248"/>
		<updated>2018-12-26T19:56:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gandrews: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===HOW TO LOG IN TO ADJUTANT===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A user cannot be logged into the system from multiple locations at the same time&lt;br /&gt;
When logging in, there is no &amp;quot;Close&amp;quot; (x) symbol/command. In order to close the box, press the esc key and press yes.&lt;br /&gt;
The login is not case sensitive. The login will always appear in ALL CAPS, this is ok and will not affect login.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===DEFAULT MENU===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your default menu (the first drop down bar in the toolbar) will always be set as default. This means that for every user, the menu and its paths will be set this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===NAVIGATING THE TOOLBAR===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The toolbar may not be customized, but may be moved, dragged and dropped&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 1 (building symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Organizations shortcut, which is used to create and maintain customers, vendors, shipping locations, and any other organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 2 (people symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Contact shortcut, which is used to create internal and external contacts in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 3 (binocular symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Record Locator shortcut, which is used to search and analyze records in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 4 (calendar symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Schedule shortcut, which is used to view and create scheduled tasks/events in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 5 (clock symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Time Sheet shortcut, which is one of the ways users can enter time in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 6 (check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the New Task shortcut, which is used to create a new Task/Service Order in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 7 (multi colored grid symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Task Grid shortcut, which is another way a user can analyze and browse information on tasks within Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 8 (magnifying check symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Display Service Order/Task shortcut, which is another way to analyze and browse Service Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 9 (car/house symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Assets symbol. The Assets are used in Adjutant to track a company&amp;#039;s various Assets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 10 (cylinder/cone symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Items symbol. Items are an integral part of Adjutant, and are used to track specific items used, purchased, owned, sold, etc. by the company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 11 (Green arrow/paper symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Purchase Orders shortcut, which is used to add/change/void Purchase Orders in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 13 (auction bid paddle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Vendor Bids shortcut, which is used to add/change/void a Vendor Inquiry in Adjutant. Vendor Bids are used to attain pricing on specific items from various vendors (these &lt;br /&gt;
are based on specific item/order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 16 (alert symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Check Alerts shortcut.  System-based alerts are used to notify users of specific system transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 17 (red note symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Notes shortcut.  Notes are an important part aspect of Adjutant that are widely used in many different modules to represent reminders, alerts, descriptions etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 18 (star symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Add Icon shortcut. This feature allows the user to add shortcuts to their desktop.  This feature is often referred to as the Favorites or Bookmarks button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 19 (camera symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Take a Screenshot and Email shortcut.  When executed, this button will take a screenshot of the user&amp;#039;s current display and will allow the user to email the screenshot to recipients.  This feature also allows the user to add a supplemental Subject and Message to the email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 20 (circle symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Pending Approvals shortcut, which notifies the user of any pending approvals existing in Adjutant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 21 (Green down arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Open Drop Folder Inbox shortcut, which will open the Windows Explorer folder for the end user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button 22 (Red arrow symbol)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Exit shortcut, which is used to exit or log out of the current user&amp;#039;s Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===SEARCH===&lt;br /&gt;
Searching and filtering data in Adjutant&lt;br /&gt;
1. Percent sign (%) - By keying a % before the search terms, a user can filter the search results to only include results which contain the specific terms listed. For Example: If a user wanted to find all organizations with county in their name, the user would search %county.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Question mark (?) - When a user searches with the ? key, ALL RESULTS for that particular entity will be generated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Comma (,) - A comma acts as an “and” when searching. For example: If a user wanted to find two Purchase Orders, the user would type each Order number, separated by a comma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DROP DOWN MENU ITEMS AND HOW THEY ARE USED&lt;br /&gt;
The Four drop-down menus to the right of the shortcut buttons are used for maneuvering/searching the Adjutant desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 1 and 2: These options will be defaulted and will not change.&lt;br /&gt;
Menu 3 and 4: These menus can be used to search Adjutant. The first drop-down (Menu 3) contains various ways a user can search Adjutant by (Asset Name, Contact, Customer, Item Code, Item Description, Notes, Project ID, Project Name, Screen Name, Ship to, Vendor, Asset Tag ID). The last drop-down (Menu 4) is used to type in the specific topic/word the user wants to search by. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===CREATING AND USING DESKTOP SHORTCUTS===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;How to add a shortcut&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Every Adjutant user has their own personal desktop. Each user can add buttons/shortcuts for any screen they prefer in Adjutant by using the Add Shortcut (star symbol) button from the toolbar. When the Add Shortcut button is pressed, this will prompt a Create Desktop Shortcut option for the current screen. From this screen, the user can create a unique name for the shortcut, add an icon/symbol to the shortcut, and add this shortcut to their (as well as other user&amp;#039;s) screen.&lt;br /&gt;
•	How to move a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
o	Once a Desktop Shortcut has been created, the user can move the screen by clicking slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and dragging the icon to its preferred spot on the user desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Deleting a shortcut&lt;br /&gt;
o	To delete an icon, simply right click slightly outside the shortcut symbol, and select “Yes”.&lt;br /&gt;
BREADCRUMBS FEATURE&lt;br /&gt;
•	Breadcrumbs serve as a history function in Adjutant. On the user&amp;#039;s desktop, there will be a small gray bar with boxes containing various titles and numbers. These boxes represent the last screens/modules the user has viewed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: Not every screen will show up in the user Breadcrumbs (only certain screens/modules are tracked by breadcrumbs). For a more thorough history user may reference the Edit Log which will be discussed later.&lt;br /&gt;
ACCESSING SCREEN INFORMATION &amp;amp; HELP DOCUMENTATION (F12)&lt;br /&gt;
•	From any screen, a user can access the Adjutant help box by pressing F12. This will prompt a box containing two help options for the particular screen.&lt;br /&gt;
o	Info: This button will open the Screen Setup Options for the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
	Info is used by system administrators&lt;br /&gt;
o	Wiki: This button will take you to the Wiki page associated with the current screen/function.&lt;br /&gt;
	The Wiki pages show walk-throughs of how to use each screen.&lt;br /&gt;
SCREEN ICONS FEATURED THROUGHOUT ADJUTANT&lt;br /&gt;
•	Add/New (blank order form, gold paperweight)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to add an entry into the current screen. For Example: If a user is on the Organizations screen, the Add button allows the user to begin the process of adding a new Organization/Business Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Edit (order form with pencil)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to modify/add information to an existing entry on a screen. In most cases, the user will not be able to access any boxes or fields until the Edit button is clicked.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Delete (red X)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to delete an entity on a screen&lt;br /&gt;
•	Save (floppy disk)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to save any changes made to a screen. In most cases, the user must save changes made to a screen before exit is allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Cancel &lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to cancel any changes made to the current screen.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Search (blue open folder)&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button clears the screen for a new record search.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Print&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button will prompt a screen which allows the user to preview, print, email, fax, or save the entity (most commonly used for invoices and work/sales orders). &lt;br /&gt;
•	Note &lt;br /&gt;
o	This is where a user can modify/view/add notes specific to the transaction.  Notes may be internal or external.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Document Vault &lt;br /&gt;
o	This button allows a user to modify/view/add any documents associated with a particular screen/entity.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Air Hammer&lt;br /&gt;
o	This button a user to access all system documents tied to the organization, contact, item, or asset.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gandrews</name></author>
		
	</entry>
</feed>